Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • Auto A/C Service Specifications - 3.8L
        • Auto A/C service Specifications - 4.6L
        • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
      • Manual System
        • Manual A/C Specifications - 3.8L
        • Manual A/C Specifications - 4.6L
        • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
      • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications - 3.8L
        • Generator Torque Specifications - 4.6L
    • Drive Belts
      • Common Specs & Procedures
        • Drive Belts Adjustment Specifications
        • Drive Belts Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications - 3.8L
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications - 4.6L
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Firing Order Specification
      • Ignition Wires (Resistance)
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plugs & Wire Specifications - 3.8L
        • Spark Plug Service Specifications - 4.6L
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Motor Applications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS (A00186775)
    • Automatic Transmission (4T80-E) DTCS (A00186820)
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.8L (A00186815) (A00186816) (A00186816)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 4.6L (A00186818) (A00186819) (A00186778)
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • HVAC DTCS - Automatic
    • HVAC DTCS - Manual
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Seat DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump And Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View- Right (AJ7)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View (w/AG1, A80, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View (w/AG1, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View (w/AG2, A81, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View (w/AG2, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/A45 and AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Ambient
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View- Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Column Shift
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Console Shift
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
        • Intermittent Conditions Testing
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Testing High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • HO2S Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch C1
          • Ignition Switch C2
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 4T65-E
          • C100 4T80-E
          • C101
          • C102
          • C103
          • C107 (Early Production)
          • C107 (Late Production)
          • C108
          • C109
          • C110
          • C112
          • C115
          • C139
          • C140
          • C200
          • C201
          • C202
          • C204
          • C205
          • C210
          • C211
          • C217
          • C301
          • C302
          • C305
          • C314
          • C317
          • C318
          • C322
          • C329
          • C345
          • C400
          • C401 3.8L
          • C401 4.6L
          • C402
          • C405
          • C406
          • C412
          • C420
          • C430
          • C500
          • C503
          • C600
          • C603
          • C700
          • C703
          • C800
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Second Operation Inoperative with Transmitter
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export - Including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • ALARM OCCURRED - 40 (with DIC)
            • Security
            • SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM - 34 (With DIC)
            • STARTING DISABLED - THEFT - 33 (With DIC)
            • Theft LED
            • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
            • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Door Lock Actuators
          • Door Modules
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Security Indicator
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1010
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1422
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Dash Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (IPM)
          • Procedure to Calibrate an Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (DIM)
          • Procedure to Set Up a Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (RIM)
          • Procedure to Calibrate a Rear Integration Module (RIM)
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Serial Data Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Fail-safe Operation
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • Electrical Load Management
            • Notes
            • Idle Boost Functions
            • Load Shed Function
          • DIM Wake-Up/Sleep States
          • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Power Door Serial Data Circuit
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (3.8L)
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (4.6L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (3.8L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (4.6L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List (3.8L)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List (4.6L)
      • DTC P0574
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1554 (3.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1554 (4.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1560
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1564
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1566
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1567
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1570
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1574
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1575 (3.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1575 (4.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1585 (3.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1585 (4.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar® Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar® Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar® One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar® Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar® Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar® Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar® Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar® Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2810
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speaker(s) - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2556
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2823-B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (Without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
              • Notes
              • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
              • Fuel Range
              • Fuel Used
              • Engine Oil Life
              • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
              • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
              • Notes
              • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2556
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar® Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar® Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar® One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar® Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar® Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar® Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar® Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar® Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2810
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speaker(s) - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SLE, SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SLE, SSEI)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2823-B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (Without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
              • Notes
              • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
              • Fuel Range
              • Fuel Used
              • Engine Oil Life
              • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
              • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
              • Notes
              • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carrier Replacement - Rear Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2556
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Chime Level Adjustment
          • Variable Effort Steering
          • Programming Variable Effort Steering With the Tech 2 Tool
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Memory Seat and Memory Mirror Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Passenger Window Lock-Out
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Memory Seats
            • Parallel Park Assist
            • Driver ID
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Driver ID:
            • Passenger Window Lock-Out
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3793
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (with A45)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (w/o AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Power Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Front Vertical
          • Rear Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization Option
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Systems Monitor
          • Using the DIC, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Washer Operation
          • Check Washer Fluid Message Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Second Operation Inoperative with Transmitter
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export - Including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • ALARM OCCURRED - 40 (with DIC)
            • Security
            • SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM - 34 (With DIC)
            • STARTING DISABLED - THEFT - 33 (With DIC)
            • Theft LED
            • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
            • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Door Lock Actuators
          • Door Modules
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Security Indicator
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
          • Fore and Aft Adjustment
          • Up and Down Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Ball Stud Replacement - Hood
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front (HX)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front (HZ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp and Bumper Fascia Mounting Panel - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Cross Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Filler Door Lock Does Not Lock
        • Fuel Filler Door Lock Does Not Unlock
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear (Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear (GXP)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
            • Notes
            • Torque Rod Adjustment
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Adjustment - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Rear Compartment Lid Torque Rod Adjustment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid Interior Release
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (general)
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (ajar indicator)
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator(s)
            • TRUNK AJAR (with Systems Monitor)
            • TRUNK AJAR - 24 (with DIC)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Pocket Cover Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SLE, SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SLE, SSEI)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2823-B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (Without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
              • Notes
              • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
              • Fuel Range
              • Fuel Used
              • Engine Oil Life
              • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
              • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
              • Notes
              • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carrier Replacement - Rear Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
          • Notes
          • Tram Gage Method
          • Three-Dimensional Method
        • Checking Frame Alignment
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Frame Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion Or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Symmetrical
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Asymmetrical
        • Frame and Underbody Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3793
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (with A45)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (w/o AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Power Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Front Vertical
          • Rear Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization Option
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Express Position
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Synchronization
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Open
          • To Vent Open
          • Closing to the Fully Closed Position
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Limit Switch
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C1211
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1217
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221-C1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242 or C1243
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255 or C1256
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261-C1274
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1276, P1644, or P1689 (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1281, C1283, or C1286
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1282
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1284 or C1285
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1284
            • C1285
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1287 or C1288
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1287
            • C1288
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1291 or C1293
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1291
            • C1293
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Ready Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
        • Traction Ready Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
          • Circuit Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1281
            • C1283
            • C1286
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1281
            • C1283
            • C1286
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (w/NW9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lateral Accelerometer Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Notes
            • Brake System
            • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
            • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
          • ABS Indicators
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • TRAC Off
            • Low TRAC
          • Traction Ready Indicator
          • Stability System Indicators
            • STABILITY SYSTEM ACTIVE - 55 (with DIC)
            • SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM - 54 (with DIC)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (L36)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (LD8)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (L36)
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Notes
            • Brake System
            • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
            • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Intermediate
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C1211
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1214
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1217
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1218
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1221-C1235
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1221 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1221 through C1224
          • C1225 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C1221 through C1224
          • C1225 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1236
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1237
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1238
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1242 or C1243
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1242
          • C1243
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1242
          • C1243
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1248
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1254
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1255 or C1256
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C1255
          • C1256
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1261-C1274
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1276, P1644, or P1689 (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1276
          • P1644 or P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1277 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1277
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1278
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1281, C1283, or C1286
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1282
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1284 or C1285
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1284
          • C1285
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1287 or C1288
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1287
          • C1288
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1291 or C1293
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1291
          • C1293
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1294
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1295
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Ready Indicator Always On (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
      • Traction Ready Indicator Inoperative (w/NW9)
        • Circuit Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1281
          • C1283
          • C1286
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1281
          • C1283
          • C1286
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (w/NW9)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lateral Accelerometer Replacement (w/JL4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • Brake System Indicator(s)
          • Notes
          • Brake System
          • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
          • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
        • ABS Indicators
        • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
          • TRAC Off
          • Low TRAC
        • Traction Ready Indicator
        • Stability System Indicators
          • STABILITY SYSTEM ACTIVE - 55 (with DIC)
          • SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM - 54 (with DIC)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump And Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View- Right (AJ7)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View (w/AG1, A80, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View (w/AG1, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View (w/AG2, A81, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View (w/AG2, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/A45 and AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Ambient
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View- Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Column Shift
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Console Shift
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
        • Intermittent Conditions Testing
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Testing High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • HO2S Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch C1
          • Ignition Switch C2
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 4T65-E
          • C100 4T80-E
          • C101
          • C102
          • C103
          • C107 (Early Production)
          • C107 (Late Production)
          • C108
          • C109
          • C110
          • C112
          • C115
          • C139
          • C140
          • C200
          • C201
          • C202
          • C204
          • C205
          • C210
          • C211
          • C217
          • C301
          • C302
          • C305
          • C314
          • C317
          • C318
          • C322
          • C329
          • C345
          • C400
          • C401 3.8L
          • C401 4.6L
          • C402
          • C405
          • C406
          • C412
          • C420
          • C430
          • C500
          • C503
          • C600
          • C603
          • C700
          • C703
          • C800
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Rear Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2823-B3574
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B2823-Base IPC Only
          • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2843
          • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462 (3.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0462 (4.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (3.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (4.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0520
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0522
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1617
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC U1450
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Boost Gage Inoperative
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Test Description
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement (Without HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Tray Insert Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Shift Boot Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Boost Gage
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Volt Gage
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Check Gages
        • Engine Oil Change Now
        • Engine Oil Change Soon
        • Km/h and MPH Indicators
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
          • Notes
          • E/M
          • Tire Press Reset
          • Trip Reset
        • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
          • Notes
          • E/M
          • Mode
            • Notes
            • Reset
          • Select
          • Trip Reset
        • Vehicle Data
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
            • Notes
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
        • Personalization Programming
        • Compass Calibration
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Indicator Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Radio Display
            • Notes
            • Control Switches
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key In Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump And Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View- Right (AJ7)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View (w/AG1, A80, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View (w/AG1, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View (w/AG2, A81, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View (w/AG2, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/A45 and AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Ambient
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View- Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Column Shift
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Console Shift
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
        • Intermittent Conditions Testing
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Testing High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • HO2S Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch C1
          • Ignition Switch C2
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 4T65-E
          • C100 4T80-E
          • C101
          • C102
          • C103
          • C107 (Early Production)
          • C107 (Late Production)
          • C108
          • C109
          • C110
          • C112
          • C115
          • C139
          • C140
          • C200
          • C201
          • C202
          • C204
          • C205
          • C210
          • C211
          • C217
          • C301
          • C302
          • C305
          • C314
          • C317
          • C318
          • C322
          • C329
          • C345
          • C400
          • C401 3.8L
          • C401 4.6L
          • C402
          • C405
          • C406
          • C412
          • C420
          • C430
          • C500
          • C503
          • C600
          • C603
          • C700
          • C703
          • C800
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump And Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RF (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View- Right (AJ7)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View (w/AG1, A80, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View (w/AG1, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View (w/AG2, A81, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View (w/AG2, KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger (A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/A45 and AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (w/A81)
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/A45)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Ambient
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View- Front Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 3.8L
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right - 4.6L
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Column Shift
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - w/ Console Shift
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/ UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
        • Intermittent Conditions Testing
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Testing High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • HO2S Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch C1
          • Ignition Switch C2
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 4T65-E
          • C100 4T80-E
          • C101
          • C102
          • C103
          • C107 (Early Production)
          • C107 (Late Production)
          • C108
          • C109
          • C110
          • C112
          • C115
          • C139
          • C140
          • C200
          • C201
          • C202
          • C204
          • C205
          • C210
          • C211
          • C217
          • C301
          • C302
          • C305
          • C314
          • C317
          • C318
          • C322
          • C329
          • C345
          • C400
          • C401 3.8L
          • C401 4.6L
          • C402
          • C405
          • C406
          • C412
          • C420
          • C430
          • C500
          • C503
          • C600
          • C603
          • C700
          • C703
          • C800
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 3.8L
        • 4.6L
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 3.8L
        • 4.6L
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Testing Procedure
        • Coolant Leak Testing (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Remove Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Engine Coolant - 15
            • Engine Hot/Idle Engine - 32
            • Engine Hot/Stop Engine - 111
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (L36)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (LD8)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (L36)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (LD8)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (LD8)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oxygen Sensor Wiring Harness Heat Shield Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Selecting the Right Schedule
          • Short Trip/City Maintenance Definition
          • Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Definition
        • Maintenance Schedule - Short Trip/City
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
          • 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
          • 10 500 km (6,000 mi)
          • 15 000 km (9,000 mi)
          • 20 500 km (12,000 mi)
          • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
          • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
          • 35 000 km (21,000 mi)
          • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
          • 45 000 km (27,000 mi)
          • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
          • 55 000 km (33,000 mi)
          • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
          • 65 000 km (39,000 mi)
          • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
          • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
          • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
          • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
          • 85 000 km (51,000 mi)
          • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
          • 95 000 km (57,000 mi)
          • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
          • 105 000 km (63,000 mi)
          • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
          • 115 000 km (69,000 mi)
          • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
          • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
          • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
          • 135 000 km (81,000 mi)
          • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
          • 145 000 km (87,000 mi)
          • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
          • 155 000 km (93,000 mi)
          • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
          • 165 000 km (99,000 mi)
          • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
          • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Maintenance Schedule - Long Trip/Highway
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
            • Notes
            • 12 500 km (7,500 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 37 500 km (22,500 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 62 500 km (37,500 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 87 500 km (52,500 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 112 500 km (67,500 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 137 500 km (82,500 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 162 500 km (97,500 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
          • Engine Oil Level
          • Engine Coolant Level
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
          • Cassette Deck Service
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Restraint System Check
            • Lap and Shoulder Belts Condition and Operation
            • Wiper Blade Check
            • Trunk Release Sensor Check
            • Weather-strip Lubrication
            • Automatic Transmission Check
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Key Lock Cylinders
            • Body Lubrication
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Ignition Transaxle Lock Check
            • Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park Mechanism Test
            • Underbody Flushing
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Notes
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Wheel Drive Shaft Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical -- Introduction - 4.6L (LD8)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
          • Notes
          • Engine Verification
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Chain Alignment Diagram
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
        • Coolant in Engine Oil
        • Engine Compression Test
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Engine Component Description
          • Notes
          • Crankcase
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rods and Pistons
          • Camshaft Drive System
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Induction System
          • Right and Left Bank Designation
        • New Product Information
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Separating Parts
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealant
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Sealant Types
          • Anaerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Gasket Eliminator Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Mechanical -- Repair Instructions (1 Of 4) - 4.6L (LD8)
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 1
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Lift Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Setting Camshaft Timing
          • Tools Required
          • Setting Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Final Test and Inspection
    • Engine Mechanical -- Repair Instructions (2 Of 4) - 4.6L (LD8)
      • Repair Instructions (On-Vehicle - Part 2 & Off-Vehicle - Part 1)
        • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 2
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 1
          • Drive Belt Removal
          • Power Steering Pump Removal
          • Generator Removal
          • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Removal
          • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
          • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
          • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Engine Flywheel Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left (W/O RPO, NC1 or NF7)
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right (W/O RPO, NC1 or NF7)
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
          • Oil Filter Adapter Removal (without Oil Cooler)
          • Oil Filter Adapter Removal (with Oil Cooler)
          • Intake Manifold Removal
          • Water Crossover Removal
          • Starter Motor Removal
          • Ignition Module Removal - Left
          • Ignition Module Removal - Right
          • Camshaft Cover Removal - Left
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Camshaft Cover Removal - Right
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Engine Front Cover Removal
          • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Right
          • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Left
          • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal
          • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Removal
          • Camshaft Removal - Left Exhaust
          • Camshaft Removal - Left Intake
          • Camshaft Removal - Right Exhaust
          • Camshaft Removal - Right Intake
          • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Left
          • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Right
          • Valve Lifter Removal - Left
          • Valve Lifter Removal - Right
          • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Oil Pan Removal
          • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
          • Lower Crankcase Removal
          • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
          • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
            • Crankshaft Removal Procedure
            • Crankshaft Bearing Removal Procedure
          • Engine Block Disassemble - Upper
          • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
            • Tools Required
            • Cleaning Procedure
            • Visual Inspection
            • Cylinder Bore Diameter Measurement Procedure
            • Deck Face Flatness Measurement Procedure
            • Cylinder Bore Taper Measurement Procedure
            • Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round Measurement Procedure
          • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
            • Cleaning Procedure
            • Visual Inspection
          • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
            • Cleaning Procedure
            • Visual Inspection
            • Crankshaft Bearing Inspection
          • Crankshaft Measurement
            • Tools Required
            • Measuring Crankshaft
    • Engine Mechanical -- Repair Instructions (3 Of 4) - 4.6L (LD8)
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 2
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassemble Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston Cleaning Procedure
          • Piston Inspection Procedure
          • Piston Diameter Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Pin Bore Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring End Gap Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring Side Clearance Measurement Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Cleaning Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
            • Piston Pin End
            • Connecting Rod Crankshaft Bearing End
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Piston and Piston Pin Installation Procedure
          • Piston Ring Installation Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassemble Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Measurement
          • Valve Guide Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Spring Inspection & Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection & Measurement Procedures
        • Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Valve Cleaning Procedure
          • Valve Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Valve Measurement and Reconditioning Overview
          • Valve Seat Width Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Seat Roundness Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Margin Measurement Procedure
          • Valve-to-Seat Concentricity Measurement Procedure
          • Valve and Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Stem Height Measurement Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Camshaft Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arms Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
            • Camshaft Sprockets
            • Intermediate Sprocket
            • Crankshaft Sprocket
            • Primary and Secondary Timing Chains
            • Primary Timing Chain Guide
            • Secondary Timing Chain Guides
            • Secondary Timing Chain Shoes
            • Primary Timing Chain Tensioner
            • Secondary Timing Chain Tensioners
            • Timing Component Fasteners
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble (Without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble (with Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection (Without Oil Cooler)
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection (with Oil Cooler)
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble (with Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Disassemble
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Disassemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Assemble
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Left
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Right
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Crossover Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Crossover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Crossover Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thread Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Thread Repair Procedure
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
            • Tools Required
            • Thread Repair Procedure
          • Inboard Bolt Holes
          • Outboard Bolt Holes
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
            • Tools Required
            • Thread Repair Procedure
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
          • Prelubing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble - Upper
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Crankshaft Bearing Installation Procedure
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Piston & Connecting Rod Assembly Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using Plastic Gaging
          • Connecting Rod Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
          • Connecting Rod Final Assembly Procedure
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical -- Repair Instructions (4 Of 4) - 4.6L (LD8)
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 3
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Right
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Exhaust
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Intake
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Exhaust
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Intake
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Installation
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Module Installation - Left
        • Ignition Module Installation - Right
        • Starter Motor Installation
        • Water Crossover Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation (without Oil Cooler)
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation (with Oil Cooler)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left (W/O RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right (W/O RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right (With RPO NC1 or NF7)
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Installation
        • Generator Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Installation
        • Drive Belt Installation
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls (Introduction) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Intermediate Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Intermediate Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Crossover Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coil/ICM Assembly
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) AIR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0016 To DTC P0137) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, or P0050
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130 or P0150
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135, P0141, or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0138 To DTC P0412) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0385
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0386
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0410
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0412
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0418 To DTC P1115) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0628
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P1121 To DTC P1624) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P1121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1372
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1624
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Introduction) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Intermediate Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Intermediate Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Crossover Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coil/ICM Assembly
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) AIR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0016 To DTC P0137) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, or P0050
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130 or P0150
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135, P0141, or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0138 To DTC P0412) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0385
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0386
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0410
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0412
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0418 To DTC P1115) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0628
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P1121 To DTC P1624) -- 4.6L (LD8)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P1121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1372
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Procedures for Selecting Crank Position Sensing Decode Mode
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1624
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.6L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS (A00186775)
    • Automatic Transmission (4T80-E) DTCS (A00186820)
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.8L (A00186815) (A00186816) (A00186816)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 4.6L (A00186818) (A00186819) (A00186778)
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • HVAC DTCS - Automatic
    • HVAC DTCS - Manual
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Seat DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
            • Notes
            • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
            • Notes
            • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions & Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex Decoupler Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Raising/Supporting Oil Pan Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing and Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
            • Notes
            • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Selecting the Right Schedule
          • Short Trip/City Maintenance Definition
          • Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Definition
        • Maintenance Schedule - Short Trip/City
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
          • 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
          • 10 500 km (6,000 mi)
          • 15 000 km (9,000 mi)
          • 20 500 km (12,000 mi)
          • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
          • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
          • 35 000 km (21,000 mi)
          • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
          • 45 000 km (27,000 mi)
          • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
          • 55 000 km (33,000 mi)
          • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
          • 65 000 km (39,000 mi)
          • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
          • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
          • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
          • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
          • 85 000 km (51,000 mi)
          • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
          • 95 000 km (57,000 mi)
          • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
          • 105 000 km (63,000 mi)
          • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
          • 115 000 km (69,000 mi)
          • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
          • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
          • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
          • 135 000 km (81,000 mi)
          • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
          • 145 000 km (87,000 mi)
          • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
          • 155 000 km (93,000 mi)
          • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
          • 165 000 km (99,000 mi)
          • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
          • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Maintenance Schedule - Long Trip/Highway
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
            • Notes
            • 12 500 km (7,500 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 37 500 km (22,500 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 62 500 km (37,500 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 87 500 km (52,500 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 112 500 km (67,500 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 137 500 km (82,500 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 162 500 km (97,500 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
          • Engine Oil Level
          • Engine Coolant Level
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
          • Cassette Deck Service
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Restraint System Check
            • Lap and Shoulder Belts Condition and Operation
            • Wiper Blade Check
            • Trunk Release Sensor Check
            • Weather-strip Lubrication
            • Automatic Transmission Check
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Key Lock Cylinders
            • Body Lubrication
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Ignition Transaxle Lock Check
            • Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park Mechanism Test
            • Underbody Flushing
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Notes
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Wheel Drive Shaft Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Messages
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION
          • Notes
          • Using Systems Monitor
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Recalibration Driving Speed Ranges
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Astro & Safari
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Aurora, BONNEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AVEO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Blazer, Canyon, Colorado, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & SONOMA
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Trailblazer, & Rainier
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Century, Grand PRIX & Regal
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Classic
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Corvette
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • DEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Express & SAVANA
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • GTO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SRX
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Tracker
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • XLR
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
            • Notes
            • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • Auto A/C Service Specifications - 3.8L
          • Auto A/C service Specifications - 4.6L
          • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
        • Manual System
          • Manual A/C Specifications - 3.8L
          • Manual A/C Specifications - 4.6L
          • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brake Component Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications - 3.8L
          • Generator Torque Specifications - 4.6L
      • Drive Belts
        • Common Specs & Procedures
          • Drive Belts Adjustment Specifications
          • Drive Belts Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications - 3.8L
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications - 4.6L
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
          • Firing Order Specification
        • Ignition Wires (Resistance)
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plugs & Wire Specifications - 3.8L
          • Spark Plug Service Specifications - 4.6L
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Motor Applications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Option
        • Notes
        • 2000 BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities (L36)
        • Refrigerant System Capacities (LD8)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L36)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing (L36)
        • Flushing (LD8)
        • Compressor Oil Balancing (L36)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate and Hub Assembly Removal (L36)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Removal (L36)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Removal (L36)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Removal (L36)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Removal (L36)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Install (L36)
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Install (L36)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Install (L36)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Install (L36)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Install (L36)
        • Compressor Leak Testing (L36)
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Mounting Bracket Replacement (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hoses Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Outlet (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Outlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outlet Replacement - Auxiliary Air - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Duct Replacement (RPO D55 Rear Air)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (w/o D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (w/D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0126, B0131, B0159, B0164, B0174, or B0179
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0234, B0249, B0269, or B0279
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0237, B0252, B0272, or B0282
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1536
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1545
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Temperature Variation Between Driver and Passenger Outlets
        • Control Head Illumination/Display Does Not Operate Properly
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Does Not Maintain Set Temperature
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
          • Notes
          • Afterblow Mode Enabling Procedure
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure with a Scan Tool
          • Calibration Procedure without a Scan Tool
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Instrument Panel Integration Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
            • Purge Operation
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Instrument Panel Integration Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Dual Zone Operation
            • Automatic Operation
            • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0233, B0238, or B0268
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1536
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1545
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Selecting the Right Schedule
          • Short Trip/City Maintenance Definition
          • Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Definition
        • Maintenance Schedule - Short Trip/City
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
          • 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
          • 10 500 km (6,000 mi)
          • 15 000 km (9,000 mi)
          • 20 500 km (12,000 mi)
          • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
          • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
          • 35 000 km (21,000 mi)
          • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
          • 45 000 km (27,000 mi)
          • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
          • 55 000 km (33,000 mi)
          • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
          • 65 000 km (39,000 mi)
          • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
          • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
          • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
          • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
          • 85 000 km (51,000 mi)
          • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
          • 95 000 km (57,000 mi)
          • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
          • 105 000 km (63,000 mi)
          • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
          • 115 000 km (69,000 mi)
          • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
          • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
          • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
          • 135 000 km (81,000 mi)
          • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
          • 145 000 km (87,000 mi)
          • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
          • 155 000 km (93,000 mi)
          • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
          • 165 000 km (99,000 mi)
          • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
          • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Maintenance Schedule - Long Trip/Highway
          • Notes
          • Footnotes
            • Notes
            • 12 500 km (7,500 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 37 500 km (22,500 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 62 500 km (37,500 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 87 500 km (52,500 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 112 500 km (67,500 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 137 500 km (82,500 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 162 500 km (97,500 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
          • Engine Oil Level
          • Engine Coolant Level
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
          • Cassette Deck Service
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Restraint System Check
            • Lap and Shoulder Belts Condition and Operation
            • Wiper Blade Check
            • Trunk Release Sensor Check
            • Weather-strip Lubrication
            • Automatic Transmission Check
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Key Lock Cylinders
            • Body Lubrication
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Ignition Transaxle Lock Check
            • Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park Mechanism Test
            • Underbody Flushing
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Notes
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Wheel Drive Shaft Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, or B0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement (A51/AG1/AG2/AQ9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement (AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflator Modules
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Side SIR System Description (Front)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
      • Steering Controls Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Controls Component Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
      • Diagnostic System Check - Variable Effort Steering
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C1241
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Condition for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (w/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (w/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Level Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0628
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0663
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0697
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Fill Valve Inoperative
        • Air Compressor Leak Test
        • Automatic Level Control System Leak Test
        • Rear of Vehicle High
        • Rear of Vehicle Low
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Head Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Air Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC)
          • Raising the Vehicle
          • Air Compressor Head Relief Sequence
          • Lowering the Vehicle
          • Air Replenishment Cycle
          • Accessory Inflator
          • Air Compressor Description
          • Air Dryer Description
          • Exhaust Solenoid Description
          • Air Inflator System
          • Automatic Level Control Sensor Description
          • Air Shock Absorber or Strut Description
          • Air Lines and Connectors Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Body Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster Adjustment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Systems Monitor
          • Using the DIC, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check (Dual Ring Steel Wheel)
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check (Flat Mount Aluminum Wheel)
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Notes
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Loosening Stuck Wheels
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E (Overhaul)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Removal
        • Fourth Servo Removal
        • Final Drive End Play Measurement
        • Case Extension and Scavenge Pipe Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Housing Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Final Drive Carrier, Sun and Internal Gear Removal
        • Bottom Pan, Gasket, and Scavenge Screens Removal
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input Shaft End Play Measurement
        • Side Cover, Gasket, and Filter Removal
        • Oil Pump, Upper Control Valve Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Drive/Driven Sprocket and Chain Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates and Reverse Clutch Removal
        • Fourth Band and Third Clutch/Reaction Shell Removal
        • Parking Pawl Removal
        • Forward Clutch Asm and Low Reverse Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Drive Sprocket Support and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly Overhaul
        • Low/Reverse Band and Fretting Ring Installation
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Internal Gear and Snap Ring Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support Stud Installation
        • Parking Pawl and Pivot Pin Install
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Carrier/Shell and Third Clutch Installation
        • Fourth Band Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Second Clutch Plates Installation
        • Clutch Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Link and Sprockets Assemble
        • Thrust Bearings Installation
        • Case Cover/Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Case Cover Assembly Installation
        • Assembly End Play Measurement
        • Upper Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Upper Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Upper Control Valve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Assemble
        • Pump Assemble
        • Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Sensor, Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid, and Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Assemble
        • Oil Filter and Side Cover Install
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Channel Plate Assemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body and Internal Mode Switch Installation
        • Accumulator Housing Disassemble
        • Accumulator Housing Assemble
        • Lower Controls Assembly Installation
        • Manual Link and Wire Harness Connection
        • Scavenge Screens/Seals, Bottom Pan Installation
        • Final Drive Carrier Inspect
        • Differential Carrier Overhaul
        • Final Drive Carrier/Differential Carrier Install
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Scavenge Pipe Installation
        • Case Extension Install/Final Drive End Play Check
        • Fourth Servo Overhaul
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Installation
        • Axle Seals Replacement
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Install
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/1-2 Accumulator)
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/3-4 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator)
            • Hydraulic Controls
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Feed Filter
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • The #7 Checkball (Reverse/Reverse Clutch)
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
              • The #4 Checkball (Reverse Clutch)
              • Reverse Accumulator Assembly
            • Torque Converter Cooler & Lube
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Drive and Forward Clutch)
              • #1 Checkball (Forward Clutch)
              • Forward Accumulator
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Band Applied
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator Piston
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator and 1-2 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Low & Reverse Releases
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Third Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
            • 2-3 Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator Piston
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator, Secondary 2-3 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator Piston
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator, 3-4 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Notes
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Converter Clutch Regulating Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Releases
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Coast Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #9 Checkball (Coast Clutch Feed, Orificed Coast Clutch Feed)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • Third Clutch Releases
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low & Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • #8 Checkball (Low)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low Reverse Band Apply and Reduce)
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T80-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T80-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
          • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T80-E (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
        • Scavenge Screens and Seals Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Axle Seal (Right) Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Cover Axle Seal (Left) Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Level Indicator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Detent Lever and Roller Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Pawl Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine to Transaxle Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Performance Algorithm Shifting (PAS)
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Dry Sump Oil System
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input (Shaft) Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T80-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Line Pressure Adapter and Gage Installation
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Low Line Pressure
        • Second Gear Starts
        • Transmission Slips in Reverse
        • Soft Shifts
        • No First Gear D2, D3, D4
        • No Second Gear D2, D3
        • No Third Gear - D3
        • No Fourth Gear
        • No First Gear
        • Inconsistent Shifts
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • No Engine Braking
        • No Overrun Braking in D3
        • No Overrun Braking in D2
        • No Engine Braking in D1
        • Forward Motion in N
        • Engine Stall
        • Loss of Power
        • Loss of Drive
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Soft Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Early Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Engagement
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Disengaging
        • Converter Ballooning
        • No Torque Multiplication
        • No Reverse
        • Does Not Stay in Park
        • Extended or Delayed Upshifts
        • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Noise in All Ranges
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • Vibration Diagnosis
        • Fluid Foaming
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T80-E Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P1820)
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0897
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0973
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0974
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0976
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0977
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1819
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1820
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T80-E Diagnosis (DTC P1822 To DTC P2764)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P1822
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1823
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1825
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1826
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2763
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2764
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing & Flow Test
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Initial Flush
          • Back Flush
          • Flow Check
          • Clean-Up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator & 2-1 Manual Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Extension Housing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Side Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Filler Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Forward Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Left Transaxle Mount & Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipes
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Shaft
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Reverse Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TFP Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • THERMO Element
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Vent
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T80-E (Overhaul)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Removal
        • Fourth Servo Removal
        • Final Drive End Play Measurement
        • Case Extension and Scavenge Pipe Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Housing Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Final Drive Carrier, Sun and Internal Gear Removal
        • Bottom Pan, Gasket, and Scavenge Screens Removal
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input Shaft End Play Measurement
        • Side Cover, Gasket, and Filter Removal
        • Oil Pump, Upper Control Valve Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Drive/Driven Sprocket and Chain Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates and Reverse Clutch Removal
        • Fourth Band and Third Clutch/Reaction Shell Removal
        • Parking Pawl Removal
        • Forward Clutch Asm and Low Reverse Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Drive Sprocket Support and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly Overhaul
        • Low/Reverse Band and Fretting Ring Installation
        • Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Internal Gear and Snap Ring Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support Stud Installation
        • Parking Pawl and Pivot Pin Install
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Third Clutch and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Carrier/Shell and Third Clutch Installation
        • Fourth Band Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Clutch Housing and Second Sprag Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Second Clutch Plates Installation
        • Clutch Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Link and Sprockets Assemble
        • Thrust Bearings Installation
        • Case Cover/Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Case Cover Assembly Installation
        • Assembly End Play Measurement
        • Upper Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Upper Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Upper Control Valve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Disassemble
        • Secondary Pump Assemble
        • Pump Assemble
        • Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Sensor, Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid, and Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Assemble
        • Oil Filter and Side Cover Install
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Channel Plate Assemble
        • Lower Control Valve Body and Internal Mode Switch Installation
        • Accumulator Housing Disassemble
        • Accumulator Housing Assemble
        • Lower Controls Assembly Installation
        • Manual Link and Wire Harness Connection
        • Scavenge Screens/Seals, Bottom Pan Installation
        • Final Drive Carrier Inspect
        • Differential Carrier Overhaul
        • Final Drive Carrier/Differential Carrier Install
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Scavenge Pipe Installation
        • Case Extension Install/Final Drive End Play Check
        • Fourth Servo Overhaul
        • OSS Sensor and Cooler Fitting Installation
        • Axle Seals Replacement
        • Torque Converter and Oil Pump Drive Shaft Install
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/1-2 Accumulator)
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator/3-4 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator)
            • Hydraulic Controls
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Feed Filter
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • The #7 Checkball (Reverse/Reverse Clutch)
              • The 1-2 Shift Valve
              • The #6 Checkball (Low/Reverse Band Apply/Reduce)
              • The #4 Checkball (Reverse Clutch)
              • Reverse Accumulator Assembly
            • Torque Converter Cooler & Lube
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Drive and Forward Clutch)
              • #1 Checkball (Forward Clutch)
              • Forward Accumulator
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Band Applied
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator Piston
              • #2 Checkball (Primary Accumulator and 1-2 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Low & Reverse Releases
              • Low & Reverse Servo
              • #6 Checkball (Low & Reverse Band Apply, Reduce)
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Third Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
            • 2-3 Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator Piston
              • #10 Checkball (2-3 Accumulator, Secondary 2-3 Accumulator)
              • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator Piston
              • #3 Checkball (Primary Accumulator, 3-4 Accumulator)
              • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Notes
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
              • Converter Clutch Regulating Valve
              • TCC Enable Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Releases
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
              • Converter Clutch Control Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Coast Clutch Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • #9 Checkball (Coast Clutch Feed, Orificed Coast Clutch Feed)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • Fourth Servo Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Fourth Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • Third Clutch Releases
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • Third Clutch Exhaust Valve
              • #11 Checkball (Third Clutch, Orificed Third Clutch)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low & Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • #8 Checkball (Low)
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #6 Checkball (Low Reverse Band Apply and Reduce)
            • Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T80-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
• External Pages